blob: c22b60b49bc015a86ffeca224850cb11811bad7f [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000361The following options need to be configured:
362
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000364
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200388 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000403
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000411
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000418
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600424- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800473 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530474
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530478
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000512- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700572
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100620- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200628
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100632 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200633
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000686
687 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
688 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
689 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
690 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
691 set these options unless they apply!
692
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700693 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
694 Generic timer clock source frequency.
695
696 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
697 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
698 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
699 at run time.
700
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500701 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
702 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
703 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500704 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500705 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500708 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500709
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700710- Tegra SoC options:
711 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
712
713 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
714 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
715 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
716
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000717- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000718 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
719
720 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
721 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
722 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
723 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
724 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
725 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
726 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100728 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729 default environment.
730
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000731 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
732
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800733 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000734 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
735 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
736
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400737 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200738
739 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400740 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
741 concepts).
742
743 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
744 * New libfdt-based support
745 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500746 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400747
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200748 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
749 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
750 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
751 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200752 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600753 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200754
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200755 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
756 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500757
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600758 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
759
760 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
761 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000762
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600763 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
764
765 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
766 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
767 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
768 the kernel.
769
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500770 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
771
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200772 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500773 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
774
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200775 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
776
777 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
778 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
779 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
780 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
781 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
782 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
783
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000784 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
785
786 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
787 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
788 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
789 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
790 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
791 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
792 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
793
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100794- vxWorks boot parameters:
795
796 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
797 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
798 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
799
800 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
801 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
802 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
803 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
804
805 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
806
807 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
808
809 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
810 the defaults discussed just above.
811
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000812- Cache Configuration:
813 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
814 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
815 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
816
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000817- Cache Configuration for ARM:
818 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
819 controller
820 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
821 controller register space
822
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000823- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200824 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000825
826 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
827
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200828 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000829
830 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
831
832 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
833
834 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
835 the clock speed of the UARTs.
836
837 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
838
839 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
840 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
841 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
842
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400843 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
844
845 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
846 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000847
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000848- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000849 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
850 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
851 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
852 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000853
854 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
855 port routines must be defined elsewhere
856 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
857
858 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
859 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000860 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000861 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
862 (default big endian)
863 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
864 rectangle fill
865 (cf. smiLynxEM)
866 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
867 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
868 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
869 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000870 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
871 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
873 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000874 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000875 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
876 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
877 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
878 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
879 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
880 (i.e. i8042_getc)
881 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
882 (requires blink timer
883 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200884 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000885 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
886 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000888 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
889 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000890 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
891 linux_logo.h for logo.
892 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200894 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000895 the logo
896
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000897 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
898 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
899 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
900
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000901 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
902 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
903 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000905 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
906 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
907 the "silent" environment variable. See
908 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000909
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200910 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
911 is 0x00.
912 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
913 is 0xa0.
914
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000915- Console Baudrate:
916 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
917 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200918 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
919 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000920
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100921- Console Rx buffer length
922 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
923 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100924 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100925 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
926 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
927 the SMC.
928
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000929- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200930 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
931 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
932 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
933 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
934 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
935 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
936 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200937 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200938 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000939
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200940 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
941 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
942
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200943 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
944 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000945
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000946- Safe printf() functions
947 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
948 the printf() functions. These are defined in
949 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
950 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
951 If this option is not given then these functions will
952 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
953 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
954
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000955- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
956 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
957 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000958 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
959 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000960
961 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
962 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
963 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
964 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
965 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
966 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
967 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
968 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000969 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
970 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
971
972- Autoboot Command:
973 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
974 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
975 define a command string that is automatically executed
976 when no character is read on the console interface
977 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
978
979 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000980 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
981 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
982 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000983
984 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000985 The value of these goes into the environment as
986 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
987 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200988 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000989
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100990- Bootcount:
991 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
992 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
993 cycle, see:
994 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
995
996 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
997 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
998 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
999 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1000 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1001 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1002 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1003 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1004 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1005
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001006- Pre-Boot Commands:
1007 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1008
1009 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1010 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1011 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1012 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1013 entering interactive mode.
1014
1015 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1016 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1017 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1018 modified when the user holds down a certain
1019 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1020 booting the systems
1021
1022- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1023 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1024 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1025 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1026 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1027 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1028 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1029 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1030
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001031- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1033 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001034 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001035
1036- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1038 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001039 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -05001040 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001042 The default command configuration includes all commands
1043 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001045 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001047 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1048 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1049 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1050 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1051 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001052 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001053 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001054 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001055 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001056 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1058 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1059 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001060 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1061 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1062 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1063 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1065 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001066 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001067 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1068 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001069 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001070 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001071 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001072 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001073 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1074 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001075 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1076 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001077 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001078 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001079 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001080 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001081 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1082 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001083 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001084 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001085 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001086 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001087 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001088 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1089 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1090 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1091 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001092 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001093 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001094 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001095 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001096 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001097 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001098 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1099 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1100 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1101 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001102 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001103 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1104 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001105 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1106 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001107 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001108 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001109 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001110 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001111 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001112 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001113 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1114 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1115 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001116 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001117 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1118 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001119 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001120 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001122 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1123 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1124 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1125 host
1126 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001127 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001128 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1129 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001130 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001131 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1132 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1133 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1134 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1135 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1136 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001137 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001138 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001139 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001140 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001141 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001142 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001143 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001144 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001145 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1146 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001147 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001148 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001149 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001150 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001151 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152
1153 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1154 support you can write:
1155
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001156 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1157 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001159 Other Commands:
1160 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161
1162 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001163 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001164 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1165 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1166 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1167 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1168 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1169 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001170
1171
1172 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1173
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001174- Regular expression support:
1175 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001176 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1177 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1178 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1179 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001180
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001181- Device tree:
1182 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1183 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1184 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1185 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1186 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1187 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1188
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001189 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1190 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001191
1192 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1193 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1194 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1195 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1196 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1197 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001198
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001199 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1200 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1201 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1202 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1203
1204 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1205
1206 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1207 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1208 still use the individual files if you need something more
1209 exotic.
1210
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001211- Watchdog:
1212 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1213 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001214 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1215 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1216 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1217 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1218 available, then no further board specific code should
1219 be needed to use it.
1220
1221 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1222 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1223 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1224 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001225
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001226 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1227 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1228
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001229- U-Boot Version:
1230 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1231 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1232 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1233 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001234 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1235 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001236
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001237- Real-Time Clock:
1238
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001239 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001240 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1241 following options:
1242
1243 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1244 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001245 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001246 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001247 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001248 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001249 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001250 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001251 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001252 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001253 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001254 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001255 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1256 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001257
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001258 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1259 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1260
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001261- GPIO Support:
1262 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001263
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001264 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1265 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1266 pins supported by a particular chip.
1267
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001268 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1269 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1270
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001271- I/O tracing:
1272 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1273 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1274 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1275 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1276 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1277 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1278 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1279 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1280
1281 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1282 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1283 still continue to operate.
1284
1285 iotrace is enabled
1286 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1287 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1288 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1289 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1290 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1291 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001293- Timestamp Support:
1294
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001295 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1296 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1297 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001298 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001299
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001300- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1301 Zero or more of the following:
1302 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1303 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1304 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1305 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1306 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1307 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1308 disk/part_efi.c
1309 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001310
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001311 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1312 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001313 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001314
1315- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001316 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1317 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001318
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001319 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1320 be performed by calling the function
1321 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1322 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001323
1324- ATAPI Support:
1325 CONFIG_ATAPI
1326
1327 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1328
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001329- LBA48 Support
1330 CONFIG_LBA48
1331
1332 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001333 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001334 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1335 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001337 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001338 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1339 Default is 32bit.
1340
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001341- SCSI Support:
1342 At the moment only there is only support for the
1343 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1344 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001346 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1347 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1348 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001349 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1350 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001351 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001352
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001353 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1354 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001355
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001356- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001357 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001358 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1359
1360 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1361 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1362 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1363 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1364
1365 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1366 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1367 example with the "sspi" command.
1368
1369 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1370 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1371 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001372
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001373 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1374 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001375 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001376 write routine for first time initialisation.
1377
1378 CONFIG_TULIP
1379 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1380 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1381 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1382
1383 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1384 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1385
1386 CONFIG_NS8382X
1387 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1388
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001389- NETWORK Support (other):
1390
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001391 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1392 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1393
1394 CONFIG_RMII
1395 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1396
1397 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1398 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1399 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1400
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001401 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1402 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1403
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001404 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001405 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1406
1407 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1408 Define this to hold the physical address
1409 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1410
1411 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1412 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1413
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001414 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001415 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1416
1417 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1418 Define this to hold the physical address
1419 of the device (I/O space)
1420
1421 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1422 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1423
1424 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1425 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1426 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1427
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001428 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1429 Support for davinci emac
1430
1431 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1432 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1433
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001434 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1435 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1436
1437 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1438 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1439 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1440 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1441 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1442 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1443 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1444 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1445
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001446 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001447 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1448
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001449 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001450 Define this to hold the physical address
1451 of the device (I/O space)
1452
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001453 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001454 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1455
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001456 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001457 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1458 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001459 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001460
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001461 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1462 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1463
1464 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1465 Define the number of ports to be used
1466
1467 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1468 Define the ETH PHY's address
1469
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001470 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1471 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1472
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001473- PWM Support:
1474 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1475 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1476
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001477- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001478 CONFIG_TPM
1479 Support TPM devices.
1480
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001481 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1482 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1483 per system is supported at this time.
1484
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001485 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1486 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1487
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001488 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1489 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1490
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001491 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001492 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1493 per system is supported at this time.
1494
1495 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1496 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1497 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1498 0xfed40000.
1499
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001500 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1501 Add tpm monitor functions.
1502 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1503 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1504
1505 CONFIG_TPM
1506 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1507 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1508 Requires support for a TPM device.
1509
1510 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1511 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1512 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1513
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001514- USB Support:
1515 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001516 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001517 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1518 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001519 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001520 storage devices.
1521 Note:
1522 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1523 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001524 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1525 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1526 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001527 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1528 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001529 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1530 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1531 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001532 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1533 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001534 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001535 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1536 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001537
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001538 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1539 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1540
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001541 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1542 HW module registers.
1543
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001544- USB Device:
1545 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1546 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1547 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001548 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001549 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1550 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001551 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001552 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1553 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1554 a Linux host by
1555 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1556 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1557 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1558 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001559
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001560 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1561 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001562
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001563 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1564 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1565 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001566
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301567 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1568 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1569 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1570 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1571 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1572 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1573 speed.
1574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001575 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001576 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1577 be set to usbtty.
1578
1579 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001580 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001581 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001582 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001583
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001584 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001585 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001586 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001587
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001588 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001589 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001590 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001591 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1592 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1593 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1594
1595 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1596 Define this string as the name of your company for
1597 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001598
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001599 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1600 Define this string as the name of your product
1601 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1602
1603 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1604 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1605 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1606 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1607 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001608
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001609 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1610 Define this as the unique Product ID
1611 for your device
1612 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001613
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001614- ULPI Layer Support:
1615 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1616 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1617 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1618 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1619 viewport is supported.
1620 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1621 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001622 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1623 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1624 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001625
1626- MMC Support:
1627 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1628 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1629 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1630 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001631 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1632 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001633
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001634 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1635 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1636
1637 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1638 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1639
1640 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1641 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1642
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001643 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1644 Enable the generic MMC driver
1645
1646 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1647 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1648
1649 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1650 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1651 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1652
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001653- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001654 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001655 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1656
1657 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1658 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1659 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1660 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1661 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1662
1663 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1664 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1665
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001666 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1667 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1668
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301669 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1670 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1671 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1672 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1673 one that would help mostly the developer.
1674
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001675 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1676 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1677 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1678 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1679 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1680
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001681 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1682 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1683 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1684 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1685 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1686 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1687
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001688 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1689 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1690 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1691 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1692
1693 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1694 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1695 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1696 sending again an USB request to the device.
1697
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001698- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001699 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1700 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1701
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001702 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1703 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1704 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1705 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1706 used on Android devices.
1707 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1708
1709 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1710 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1711 image format header.
1712
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001713 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001714 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1715 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1716 downloaded images.
1717
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001718 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001719 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1720 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1721 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1722
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001723 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1724 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1725 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1726 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1727
1728 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1729 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1730 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1731 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1732
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001733 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1734 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1735 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1736 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1737 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1738 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1739 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1740 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1741
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001742- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1743 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1744 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1745 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001747 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1748 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001749 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001751 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001752 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1753 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1754
1755 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001756 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001757 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1758 have not defined a custom partition
1759
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001760- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1761 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001762
1763 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1764 file in FAT formatted partition.
1765
1766 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1767 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001768
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001769CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1770 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1771
1772 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1773 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1774 and cbfsload.
1775
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301776- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1777 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1778
1779 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1780 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1781
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001782- Keyboard Support:
1783 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1784
1785 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1786 support
1787
1788 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1789 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1790 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1791 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1792 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1793
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001794 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1795 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1796 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1797 which provides key scans on request.
1798
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001799- Video support:
1800 CONFIG_VIDEO
1801
1802 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1803 video).
1804
1805 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1806
1807 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1808
1809 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001810 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001811 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1812 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1813 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001814
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001815 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001816 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001817 are possible:
1818 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001819 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001820
1821 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1822 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1823 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1824 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1825 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1826 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1827 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001828 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1829
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001830 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001831 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001832
1833
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001834 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001835 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001836 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1837 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1838
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001839 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001840 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001841 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1842 support, and should also define these other macros:
1843
1844 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1845 CONFIG_VIDEO
1846 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1847 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1848 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1849 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1850 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1851 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1852
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001853 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1854 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1855 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1856 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001857
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001858
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001859- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001860 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001861
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001862 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1863 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1864 defined in your board-specific files.
1865 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001866
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001867- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1868
1869 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1870 display); also select one of the supported displays
1871 by defining one of these:
1872
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001873 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1874
1875 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1876
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001877 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001878
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001879 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001880
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001881 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001882
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001883 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1884 Active, color, single scan.
1885
1886 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1887
1888 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889 Active, color, single scan.
1890
1891 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1892
1893 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1894 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1895
1896 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1897
1898 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1899 Active, color, single scan.
1900
1901 CONFIG_HLD1045
1902
1903 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1904 Active, color, single scan.
1905
1906 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1907
1908 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1909 or
1910 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1911 or
1912 Hitachi SP14Q002
1913
1914 320x240. Black & white.
1915
1916 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001917 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001918
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001919 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1920
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001921 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001922 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1923 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1924 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1925 a per-section basis.
1926
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001927 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1928
1929 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1930 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1931 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1932 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001933
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001934 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1935
1936 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1937 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1938 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1939 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1940 printed out.
1941 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1942 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1943 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1944 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1945 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1946 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1947 1 = 90 degree rotation
1948 2 = 180 degree rotation
1949 3 = 270 degree rotation
1950
1951 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1952 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1953
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001954 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1955
1956 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1957
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001958 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1959
1960 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1961 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1962
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001963- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001964
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001965 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1966 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1967 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001968 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001969 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1970 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1971 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1972 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001973
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001974 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1975
1976 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1977 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001978 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001979 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1980 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1981 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1982 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1983 there is no need to set this option.
1984
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001985 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1986
1987 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1988 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1989 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1990 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1991 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1992 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1993
1994 Example:
1995 setenv splashpos m,m
1996 => image at center of screen
1997
1998 setenv splashpos 30,20
1999 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2000
2001 setenv splashpos -10,m
2002 => vertically centered image
2003 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2004
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002005- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2006
2007 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2008 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2009 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2010
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002011- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2012
2013 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2014 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2015 bmp command.
2016
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002017- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002018 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2019
2020 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2021 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2022
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002023- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002024 CONFIG_GZIP
2025
2026 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2027
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002028 CONFIG_BZIP2
2029
2030 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2031 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2032 compressed images are supported.
2033
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002034 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002035 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002036 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002037
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002038 CONFIG_LZMA
2039
2040 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2041 images is included.
2042
2043 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2044 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2045 formula:
2046
2047 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2048
2049 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2050 and Literal pos bits.
2051
2052 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2053 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2054 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2055 a very small buffer.
2056
2057 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2058 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002059 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002060
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002061 CONFIG_LZO
2062
2063 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2064 is included.
2065
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002066- MII/PHY support:
2067 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2068
2069 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2070
2071 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2072
2073 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2074
2075 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2076
2077 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002078 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002079
2080 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2081
2082 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2083 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2084 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2085 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2086
2087 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2088
2089 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2090 command issued before MII status register can be read
2091
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002092- IP address:
2093 CONFIG_IPADDR
2094
2095 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002096 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002097 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002098 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002099
2100- Server IP address:
2101 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2102
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002103 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002105 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002106
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002107 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2108
2109 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2110 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2111
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002112- Gateway IP address:
2113 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2114
2115 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2116 default router where packets to other networks are
2117 sent to.
2118 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2119
2120- Subnet mask:
2121 CONFIG_NETMASK
2122
2123 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2124 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2125 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2126 forwarded through a router.
2127 (Environment variable "netmask")
2128
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002129- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2130 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2131
2132 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2133 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002134 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002135 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2136 multicast group.
2137
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002138- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2139 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2140
2141 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2142 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2143 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2144 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2145 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2146 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2147 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2148 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002149 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150
2151 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2152 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2153 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2154 4th and following
2155 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2156
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002157 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2158
2159 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2160 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2161 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2162 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2163 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2164 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2165 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2166 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2167 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2168 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2169 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2170 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2171 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2172 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2173 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2174
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002175- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002176 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2177 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002178
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002179 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2180 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2181 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2182 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2183 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2184 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2185 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2186 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2187 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2188 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2189 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2190 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002191 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002192
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002193 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2194 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002195
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002196 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2197 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2198 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2199 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2200 is not available.
2201
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002202 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2203 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2204 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2205 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2206 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2207 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2208 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002209 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002210
2211 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2212 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2213 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002214 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002215 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2216 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002217
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002218 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2219
2220 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2221 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2222 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2223 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2224 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2225 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2226 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2227 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2228 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2229 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2230 this delay.
2231
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002232 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2233 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2234 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2235 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2236 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2237
2238 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2239
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002240 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002241 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002242
2243 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2244
2245 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2246
2247 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2248 of the device.
2249
2250 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2251
2252 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2253 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002254 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002255
2256 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2257
2258 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2259 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2260
2261 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2262
2263 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2264
2265 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2266
2267 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2268
2269 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2270
2271 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2272
2273 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2274
2275 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2276 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2277
2278 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2279
2280 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2283
2284 Several configurations allow to display the current
2285 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2286 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2287 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2288 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2289 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2290 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2291 feature in U-Boot.
2292
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002293 Additional options:
2294
2295 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2296 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2297 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2298 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2299 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2300
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002301 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2302 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2303 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2304 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2305 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2306 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2307
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002308- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2309
2310 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2311 on those systems that support this (optional)
2312 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2313
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002314- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002315
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002316 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2317 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2318 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2319 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2320 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2321 interface.
2322
2323 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002324 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2325 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2327 for defining speed and slave address
2328 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2329 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2330 for defining speed and slave address
2331 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2332 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2333 for defining speed and slave address
2334 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2335 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2336 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002337
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002338 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2339 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2340 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2341 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2342 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2343 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002344 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002345 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2346 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2347 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2348 second bus.
2349
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002350 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002351 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2352 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2353 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002354
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002355 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2356 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2357 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2358 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2359
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002360 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2361 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002362 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2363 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2364 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2365 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002366 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2367 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2368 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2369 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2370 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2371 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002372 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2373 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002374 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002375 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2376
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002377 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2378 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2379 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2380
2381 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2382 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2383 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2384 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2385 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2386 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2387 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2388 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2389 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2390
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002391 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2392 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2393 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2394
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2397 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2398 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2399 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2400 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2401 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2402 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2403 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2404 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2405 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2406 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002407 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002408
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002409 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2410 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2415 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2416 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2417 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2421
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002422 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2423 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2424 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2425 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2426
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302427 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2428 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2429 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2430 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2431 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2432
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002433 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2434 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2435 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2436 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2437 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2438 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2439 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2440 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2446 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2447
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002448 additional defines:
2449
2450 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002451 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002452 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2453 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2454 omit this define.
2455
2456 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2457 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2458 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2459 omit this define.
2460
2461 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2462 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2463 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2464 define.
2465
2466 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002467 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002468 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2469 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2470 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2471
2472 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2473 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2474 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2475 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2476 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2477 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2478 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2479 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2480 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2481 }
2482
2483 which defines
2484 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002485 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2486 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2487 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2488 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2489 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002490 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002491 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2492 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002493
2494 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2495
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002496- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002497
2498 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2499 provides the following compelling advantages:
2500
2501 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2502 - approved multibus support
2503 - better i2c mux support
2504
2505 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2506
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002507 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2508 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2509 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002511 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002512 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002513 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2514 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002515 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002517 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002518
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002519 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002520 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002522 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002523 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002524 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002525 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002526
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002527 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002528 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002529 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2530 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2531 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002532
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002533 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2534
2535 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2536 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2537 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2538 commands until the slave device responds.
2539
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002540 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002541
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002542 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002543 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2544 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002545
2546 I2C_INIT
2547
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002548 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002549 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002551 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002552
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553 I2C_PORT
2554
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002555 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2556 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2557 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
2559 I2C_ACTIVE
2560
2561 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2562 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2563 define can be null.
2564
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002565 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2566
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002567 I2C_TRISTATE
2568
2569 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2570 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2571 define can be null.
2572
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002573 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2574
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575 I2C_READ
2576
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002577 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2578 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002579
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002580 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2581
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582 I2C_SDA(bit)
2583
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002584 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2585 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002586
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002587 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002588 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002589 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002590
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002591 I2C_SCL(bit)
2592
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002593 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2594 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002596 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002597 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002598 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002599
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002600 I2C_DELAY
2601
2602 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2603 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002604 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002605 like:
2606
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002607 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002609 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2610
2611 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2612 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2613 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2614 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2615
2616 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2617 the generic GPIO functions.
2618
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002619 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002620
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002621 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2622 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2623 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2624 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2625 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2626 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2627 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2628 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002629
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002630 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2631
2632 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2633 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2634 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2635 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2636 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2637 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2638 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2639 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2640
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002641 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2642
2643 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2644 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2645 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2646
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002647 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2648
2649 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002650 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2651 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002652 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002655
2656 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002657 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002658 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2659 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002660
2661 e.g.
2662 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002663 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002664
2665 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2666
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002667 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002668 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002669
2670 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2671
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002672 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002673
2674 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2675 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002677 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002678
2679 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2680 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2681
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002682 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002683
2684 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2685 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002687 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002688
2689 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2690 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2691 specified DTT device.
2692
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002693 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2694
2695 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2696 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2697 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2698 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2699 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2700 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2701 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002702
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002703- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2704
2705 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2706 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2707 D/As on the SACSng board)
2708
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002709 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2710
2711 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2712 only SH7757 is supported.
2713
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002714 CONFIG_SPI_X
2715
2716 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2717 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2718
2719 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2720
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002721 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2722 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2723 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2724 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2725 defined, the board configuration must define several
2726 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2727 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002728
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002729 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2730
2731 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2732 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2733 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002734 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002735 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2736
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002737 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2738
2739 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002740 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002741
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002742 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2743 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2744 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2745
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002746- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2747
2748 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2749
2750 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2751
2752 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2753 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2754
2755 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2756
2757 Enables support for FPGA family.
2758 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2759
2760 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002761
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002762 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302764 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2765
2766 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2767
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002768 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2769
2770 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2771
2772 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2773
2774 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2775 (Xilinx only)
2776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002777 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002779 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002780
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002781 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002782
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002783 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2784 status by the configuration function. This option
2785 will require a board or device specific function to
2786 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002787
2788 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2789
2790 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2791 configuration driver.
2792
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002793 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002794 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2795
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002796 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002797
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002798 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2799 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2800 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2801 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002803 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002804
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002805 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2806 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002807 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002808 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002809
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002810 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002811
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002812 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002813 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002815 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002816
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002817 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002818 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
2820- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002821 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2822
2823 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2824 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2825 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2826 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2827 make / MAKEALL.
2828
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002829 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2830
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002831 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2832 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002833
2834- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2835
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002836 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2837 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002838 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002839 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2840 protects these variables from casual modification by
2841 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2842 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002843 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002844
2845 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2846 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002847 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002848 these parameters.
2849
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002850 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2851 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002852 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002853 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2854 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2855 read-only.]
2856
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002857 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2858 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2859 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2860 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002862- Protected RAM:
2863 CONFIG_PRAM
2864
2865 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2866 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2867 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2868 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2869 this default value by defining an environment
2870 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2871 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2872 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2873 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2874 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2875 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2876 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2877
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002878 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002879 saveenv
2880
2881 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2882 either, which results in a memory region that will
2883 not be affected by reboots.
2884
2885 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2886 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2887 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2888 following board configurations are known to be
2889 "pRAM-clean":
2890
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002891 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2892 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002893 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002895- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2896 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2897 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2898 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2899 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2900 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2901 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2902
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002903- Error Recovery:
2904 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2905
2906 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2907 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2908 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002909 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002910 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2911 useful during development since you can try to debug
2912 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2913
2914 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2915
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002916 This variable defines the number of retries for
2917 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2918 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2919 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002920
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002921 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2922
2923 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2924
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002925 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2926
2927 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2928 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2929 try longer timeout such as
2930 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2931
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002933 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002934
2935 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002937 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938
2939 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2940 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2941 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2942
2943 Note:
2944
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002945 In the current implementation, the local variables
2946 space and global environment variables space are
2947 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2948 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2949 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2950 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2951 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002952
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002953 Global environment variables are those you use
2954 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2955 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2956 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002957
2958 To store commands and special characters in a
2959 variable, please use double quotation marks
2960 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2961 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2962 symbols.
2963
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002964- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002965 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2966
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002967 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002968 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002969
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002970- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002971 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2972
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002973 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2974 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002975 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002976
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002977 For example, place something like this in your
2978 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002979
2980 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2981 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2982 "myvar2=value2\0"
2983
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002984 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2985 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2986 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2987 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002988 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002989 You better know what you are doing here.
2990
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002991 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2992 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002993 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002994 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002996 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2997
2998 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2999 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3000 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3001
3002 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3003
3004 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3005 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3006 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3007 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3008 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3009
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003010 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3011
3012 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3013 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3014 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3015
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003016 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3017
3018 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003019 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003020 that so that the environment is not available until
3021 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3022 this is instead controlled by the value of
3023 /config/load-environment.
3024
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12003025- Parallel Flash support:
3026 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3027
3028 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3029 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3030 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3031 parallel flash.
3032
3033 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3034 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3035 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3036 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3037
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003038- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003039 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3040
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003041 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3042 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3043 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003044
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003045- Serial Flash support
3046 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3047
3048 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3049 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3050
3051 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3052 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3053 commands.
3054
3055 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3056 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3057 flash is present on the system.
3058
3059 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3060 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3061 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3062 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3063
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003064 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3065
3066 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3067 test ('sf test').
3068
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303069 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3070
3071 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3072 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003073 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303074
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003075- SystemACE Support:
3076 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3077
3078 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3079 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003080 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003081 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003082
3083 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003084 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003085
3086 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3087 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3088
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003089- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3090 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3091
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003092 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003093 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003094 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003095 number generator is used.
3096
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003097 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3098 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3099 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3100
3101 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003102 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3103 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3104 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3105 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3106 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3107 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3108
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003109- Hashing support:
3110 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3111
3112 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3113 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3114
3115 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3116
3117 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3118 size a little.
3119
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303120 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3121 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3122 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3123 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3124 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3125 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3126 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3127 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3128 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3129 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3130 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3131 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003132
3133 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3134 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3135
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003136- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3137 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3138 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3139 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3140
3141 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3142 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3143 a boot from specific media.
3144
3145 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3146 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3147 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3148 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3149 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3150
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003151- Signing support:
3152 CONFIG_RSA
3153
3154 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003155 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003156
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303157 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3158 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3159 library to function.
3160
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003161 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303162 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3163 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003164
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003165- bootcount support:
3166 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3167
3168 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3169 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3170
3171 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3172 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3173 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3174 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3175 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3176 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3177 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3178 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3179 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3180 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3181 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3182 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3183 the bootcounter.
3184 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003185
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003186- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003187 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3188
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003189 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3190 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3191 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3192 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3193 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3194 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003196
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003197Legacy uImage format:
3198
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199 Arg Where When
3200 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003201 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003203 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003204 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003205 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3207 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3208 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003209 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3211 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3212 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3213 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003214 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003215 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003216
3217 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3218 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3219 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3220 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3221 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3222 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3223 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003224 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003225 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3226 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3227
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003228 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003229
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003230 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003231 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3232 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003233
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003234 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3235 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3236 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3237 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3238 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3239 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3240 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3241 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3242 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3243 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3244 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3245 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3246 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3247 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3248 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3249 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3250 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3251 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3252 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3253 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3254 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3255 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3256 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3257 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3258 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3259 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3260 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3261 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3262 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3263 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3264 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3265 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3266 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3267 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3268 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3269 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3270 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3271 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3272 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3273 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3274 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3275 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3276 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3277 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3278 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3279 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3280 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003281
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003282 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003283
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003284 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003285 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3286 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003287
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003288 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003289 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3290 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3291 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003292 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3293 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003294 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3295 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003296 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003297
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003298FIT uImage format:
3299
3300 Arg Where When
3301 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3302 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3303 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3304 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3305 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3306 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003307 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003308 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3309 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3310 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3311 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3312 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003313 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3314 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003315 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3316 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3317 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3318 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3319 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3320 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3321 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3322 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3323
3324 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3325 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3326 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003327 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003328 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3329 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3330 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3331 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3332 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3333 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3334 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3335 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3336 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3337 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3338 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3339 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003341 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003342 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3343
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003344 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003345 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3346
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003347 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003348 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3349
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003350- legacy image format:
3351 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3352 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3353
3354 Default:
3355 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3356
3357 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3358 disable the legacy image format
3359
3360 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3361 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3362
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003363- FIT image support:
3364 CONFIG_FIT
3365 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3366
3367 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3368 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3369 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3370 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3371 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3372 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3373
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003374 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3375 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303376 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3377 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3378 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3379 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003380
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003381 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3382 signature check the legacy image format is default
3383 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3384 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3385
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003386 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3387 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3388 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3389 with this option.
3390
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003391- Standalone program support:
3392 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3393
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003394 This option defines a board specific value for the
3395 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3396 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003397 settings.
3398
3399- Frame Buffer Address:
3400 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3401
3402 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003403 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3404 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3405 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3406 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3407 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3408 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3409 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003410
3411 Please see board_init_f function.
3412
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003413- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3414 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3415 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3416 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3417
3418 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3419 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3420
3421- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3422 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3423
3424 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3425 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3426
3427 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3428
3429 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3430 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3431
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003432- UBI support
3433 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3434
3435 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3436 with the UBI flash translation layer
3437
3438 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3439
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003440 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3441
3442 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3443 warnings and errors enabled.
3444
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003445
3446 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3447 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3448 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3449 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3450 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3451 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3452
3453 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3454 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3455 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3456 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3457 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3458
3459 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003460
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003461 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3462 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3463 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3464 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3465 flash), this value is ignored.
3466
3467 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3468 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3469 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3470 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3471 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3472 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3473
3474 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3475 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3476 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3477 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3478 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3479 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3480 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3481 partition.
3482
3483 default: 20
3484
3485 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3486 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3487 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3488 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3489 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3490 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3491 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3492 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3493 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3494 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3495 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3496 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3497
3498 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3499 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3500 without a fastmap.
3501 default: 0
3502
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003503- UBIFS support
3504 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3505
3506 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3507 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3508
3509 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3510
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003511 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3512
3513 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3514 warnings and errors enabled.
3515
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003516- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003517 CONFIG_SPL
3518 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003519
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003520 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3521 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3522
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003523 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3524 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3525 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3526 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003527 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003528 must not be both defined at the same time.
3529
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003530 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003531 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3532 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3533 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3534 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003535
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003536 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3537 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003538
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003539 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3540 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3541 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3542
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003543 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3544 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3545
3546 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003547 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3548 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3549 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003550 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003551 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003552
3553 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3554 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3555
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003556 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3557 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3558 loaded does not have a signature.
3559 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3560 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3561 will be caught.
3562 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3563 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3564 and thus should be skipped silently.
3565
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003566 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3567 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3568 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3569 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3570
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003571 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3572 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3573
3574 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3575 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003576
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003577 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3578 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3579 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3580 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3581
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003582 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3583 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3584 See also: doc/README.falcon
3585
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003586 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3587 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3588 about the running system.
3589
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003590 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3591 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3592
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003593 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3594 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003595
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003596 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3597 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003598
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003599 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3600 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003601
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003602 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3603 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003604
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003605 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3606 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003607
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003608 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3609 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003610 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003611 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3612
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003613 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3614 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3615 used in raw mode
3616
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003617 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3618 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3619 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3620
3621 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3622 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3623 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3624 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3625 (for falcon mode)
3626
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003627 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3628 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3629 used in fs mode
3630
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003631 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3632 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3633
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003634 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3635 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003636
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003637 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3638 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3639
3640 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003641 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003642 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003643
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003644 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003645 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003646 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003647
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003648 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3649 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3650 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3651 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3652 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3653
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303654 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3655 Avoid SPL relocation
3656
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003657 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3658 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3659 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3660
3661 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3662 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3663
3664 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3665 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3666
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003667 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003668 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3669 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003670
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003671 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3672 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3673 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3674
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003675 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3676 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3677 if you need to save space.
3678
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003679 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3680 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003681 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003682
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003683 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3684 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3685 SPL binary.
3686
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003687 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3688 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3689 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3690 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3691 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3692 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003693 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003694
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303695 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3696 Add support NAND boot
3697
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003698 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003699 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3700
3701 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3702 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3703
3704 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3705 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003706
3707 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003708 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003709
3710 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3711 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003712 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003713
3714 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3715 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3716 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3717
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003718 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3719 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003720
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003721 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3722 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003723
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003724 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3725 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003726
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003727 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3728 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3729
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003730 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3731 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003732
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003733 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3734 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3735
3736 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3737 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3738 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3739 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3740
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003741 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003742 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3743 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3744 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3745 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3746 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003747
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003748 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3749 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3750 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3751 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3752
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003753 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3754 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3755 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3756 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3757 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3758
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003759- TPL framework
3760 CONFIG_TPL
3761 Enable building of TPL globally.
3762
3763 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3764 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3765 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003766 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3767 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3768 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003769
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770Modem Support:
3771--------------
3772
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003773[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003775- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3777
3778- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3779 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3780
3781- Modem debug support:
3782 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3783
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003784 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3785 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003786
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003787- Interrupt support (PPC):
3788
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003789 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3790 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003791 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003792 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003793 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003794 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003795 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003796 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3797 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3798 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003799
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003800- General:
3801
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003802 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3803 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3804 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003805 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003806 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3807 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3808 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003810 If there are no modem init strings in the
3811 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3812 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003813 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
3815 See also: doc/README.Modem
3816
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003817Board initialization settings:
3818------------------------------
3819
3820During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3821to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3822before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3823following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3824architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3825typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3826
3827- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3828- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3829- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3830- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832Configuration Settings:
3833-----------------------
3834
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003835- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3836 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3837
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003838- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3840
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003841- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3842 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3843
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003844- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003845 prompt for user input.
3846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003847- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003848
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003849- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003851- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003853- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003854 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3855 booted
3856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003857- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003860- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003861 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003862
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003863- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003864 If the board specific function
3865 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3866 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003867 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003869- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003870 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003872- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003875- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003876 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3877 simple memory test.
3878
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003879- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003880 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003882- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003883 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3884 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003886- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3887 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003888 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003889 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003890 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3891 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3892 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003893 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003894 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003895 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003896
3897 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3898 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3899 be touched.
3900
3901 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3902 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3903 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3904 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3905 problems.
3906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003907- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003910- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003911 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3912
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003913- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3915 Cogent motherboard)
3916
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003917- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003918 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003920- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3922 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003923 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003924 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003925
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003926- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003927 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3928 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3929 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3930 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003932- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003933 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3934
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003935- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3936 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3937 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3938 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3939 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3940 space.
3941
3942 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3943 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3944 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003945 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003946 U-Boot relocates itself.
3947
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003948 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003949 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3950
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003951- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3952 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3953 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3954 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3955
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003956- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3957 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3958 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3959 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3960 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3961 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3962 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3963 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3964 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3965 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3966 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3967 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3968 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3969 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3970 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3971 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3972
3973 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3974
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003975- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003976 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3977 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003978 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003979 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003981- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003982 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3983 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003984 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3985 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003986 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003987 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003988 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003989 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3990 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3991 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003992
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003993- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3994 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3995 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3996 is enabled.
3997
3998- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3999 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4000 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4001
4002- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4003 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4004 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004006- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007 Max number of Flash memory banks
4008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004009- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4011
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004012- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004013 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4014
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004015- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004016 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004018- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004019 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004021- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004022 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004024- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004025 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4026 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004028- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
4030 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4031 without this option such a download has to be
4032 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4033 copy from RAM to flash.
4034
4035 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4036 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004037 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4038 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004039 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4040
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004041- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004042 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004043 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004045- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004046 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4047 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004048
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004049- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4050 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4051 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4052 to the MTD layer.
4053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004054- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004055 Use buffered writes to flash.
4056
4057- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4058 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4059 write commands.
4060
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004061- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004062 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4063 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4064 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4065 optionally available.
4066
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004067- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4068 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4069 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4070 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4071
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004072- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4073 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4074 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4075 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4076 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4077 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4078 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4079 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004081- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004082 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4083 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004084 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4085 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004086 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004087 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4088
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004089- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4090
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004091 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4092 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4093 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4094 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4095 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004096
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004097- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4098- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004099 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004100 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4101 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4102 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4103
4104 The format of the list is:
4105 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004106 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4107 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004108 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4109 list = entry[,list]
4110
4111 The type attributes are:
4112 s - String (default)
4113 d - Decimal
4114 x - Hexadecimal
4115 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4116 i - IP address
4117 m - MAC address
4118
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004119 The access attributes are:
4120 a - Any (default)
4121 r - Read-only
4122 o - Write-once
4123 c - Change-default
4124
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004125 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4126 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004127 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004128
4129 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4130 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4131 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4132 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4133 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4134 ".flags" variable.
4135
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004136 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4137 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4138 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4139
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004140- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4141 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4142 access flags.
4143
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004144- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4145 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4146 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4147 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4148 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4149 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004150 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4151 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4152 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004153
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004154- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4155 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4156 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004157 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004158
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004159- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4160 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4161 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4162 building U-Boot to enable this.
4163
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4165of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4166following configurations:
4167
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004168- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4169
4170 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4171 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004173- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174
4175 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4176
4177 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4178 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4179 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4180 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4181 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4182 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4183 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4184 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4185 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4186 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4187 between U-Boot and the environment.
4188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004189 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
4191 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4192 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4193 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4194 for this sector is given here.
4195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004196 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004198 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
4200 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4201 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004202 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004204 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
4206 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4207
4208
4209 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4210 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4211 the environment.
4212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004213 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004214
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004215 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004216 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4218 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4219
4220 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4221 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4222 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4223 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4224 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4225 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4226 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4227 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4228 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4229
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004230 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4231 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004232
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004233 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004234 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004235 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004236 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
4238BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4239source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4240accordingly!
4241
4242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004243- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244
4245 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4246 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4247 environment.
4248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004249 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4250 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004252 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4254 can just be read and written to, without any special
4255 provision.
4256
4257BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004258in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004259console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260U-Boot will hang.
4261
4262Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4263environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4264keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4265to save the current settings.
4266
4267
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004268- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
4270 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4271 device and a driver for it.
4272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004273 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4274 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
4276 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4277 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004279 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004280 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4281 The default address is zero.
4282
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004283 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4284 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004286 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004287 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4288 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4289 would require six bits.
4290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004293 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004295 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4297 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004299 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004300 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4301 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4302 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4303 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4304 byte chips.
4305
4306 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4307 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4308 in the chip address.
4309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004310 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4312
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004313 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4314 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4315 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4316
4317 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4318 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4319 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4320 EEPROM. For example:
4321
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004322 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004323
4324 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4325 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004327- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004328
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004329 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004330 want to use for the environment.
4331
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004332 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4333 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4334 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004335
4336 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4337 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4338 at the specified address.
4339
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004340- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4341
4342 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4343 want to use for the environment.
4344
4345 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4346 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4347
4348 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4349 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4350 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4351
4352 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4353
4354 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4355
4356 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4357
4358 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4359 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4360 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4361 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4362 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4363
4364 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4365 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4366
4367 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4368
4369 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4370
4371 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4372
4373 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4374
4375 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4376
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004377- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4378
4379 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4380 want to use for the local device's environment.
4381
4382 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4383 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4384
4385 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4386 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4387 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004388 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004389
4390BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4391"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004392environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4393but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004395- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004396
4397 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4398 for the environment.
4399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004400 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4401 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004402
4403 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004404 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4405 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004406
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004407 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004409 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004410 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4411 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004412 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004413 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004414
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004415 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4416
4417 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4418 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4419 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4420 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4421 the range to be avoided.
4422
4423 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4424
4425 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4426 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4427 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4428 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4429 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004430
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004431- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4432
4433 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4434 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4435 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4436
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004437- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4438
4439 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4440 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4441 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4442
4443 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4444
4445 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4446
4447 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4448
4449 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4450 environment in.
4451
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004452 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4453
4454 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4455 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4456 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4457
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004458 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4459 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4460
4461 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4462 when storing the env in UBI.
4463
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004464- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4465 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4466
4467 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4468
4469 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4470
4471 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4472
4473 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4474 be as following:
4475
4476 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4477 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4478 partition table.
4479 - "D:0": device D.
4480 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4481 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4482 table.
4483 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004484 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004485 partition table then means device D.
4486
4487 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4488
4489 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004490 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004491
4492 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004493 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004494
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004495- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4496
4497 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4498 environment.
4499
4500 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4501
4502 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4503
4504 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4505
4506 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4507 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4508 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4509
4510 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4511 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4512
4513 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4514 area within the specified MMC device.
4515
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004516 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4517 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4518 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4519 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4520 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4521 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4522 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4523
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004524 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4525 MMC sector boundary.
4526
4527 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4528
4529 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4530 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4531 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4532 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4533
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004534 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4535 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4536
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004537 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4538 an MMC sector boundary.
4539
4540 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4541
4542 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4543 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4544 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4545
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004546- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004547
4548 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4549 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4550 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4551 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4552 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4553 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4554 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4555
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004556Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004558created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559until then to read environment variables.
4560
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004561The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4562is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4563with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4564necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4565"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4566have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
4568Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4569the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004570use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004572- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004573 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004575 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004576 also needs to be defined.
4577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004578- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004579 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004581- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4582 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4583 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4584 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4585 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4586 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4587
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004588- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4589 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4590 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4591 to do this.
4592
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004593- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4594 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4595 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4596 present.
4597
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004598- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4599 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4600 build system checks that the actual size does not
4601 exceed it.
4602
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004604---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004606- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004609- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004611
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004612 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4613 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4614 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004616- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4617 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4618 PowerPC SOCs.
4619
4620- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4621 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4622 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4623
4624 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4625 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4626
4627- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4628 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4629 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004630 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004631 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4632 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4633 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4634
4635 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4636 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4637
4638- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004639 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4640 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004641 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4642 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4643
4644- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4645 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4646 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4647 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4648
4649- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4650 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4651 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4652
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004653- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004654 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004655
4656 the default drive number (default value 0)
4657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004658 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004659
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004660 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004661 (default value 1)
4662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004663 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004664
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004665 defines the offset of register from address. It
4666 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004667 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004669 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4670 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004671 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004673 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004674 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4675 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004676 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004677 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004678
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004679- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4680 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4681 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4682 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4683 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4684 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004685 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004687- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004688 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004689 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004691- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004693 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4695 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4696 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4697 will become available only after programming the
4698 memory controller and running certain initialization
4699 sequences.
4700
4701 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4702 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4703 - MPC824X: data cache
4704 - PPC4xx: data cache
4705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004706- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004707
4708 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004709 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4710 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004711 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004712 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004713 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4714 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4715 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004716
4717 Note:
4718 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4719 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004720 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004721 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4722 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004724- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004726- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004728- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004730- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004732- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004734- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004736- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737 SDRAM timing
4738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004739- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740 periodic timer for refresh
4741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004742- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004744- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4745 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4746 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4747 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4749
4750- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004751 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4752 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004755- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4756 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4758 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004760- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4762 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004764- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004765 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4766 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004768- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4770 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004772- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4774 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4775 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4776
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004777- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004778 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4779 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4780 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4781 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004782
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004783- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4784 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4785 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4786 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4787 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4788 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4789 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4790 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004791 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004792
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004793- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4794 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4795 required.
4796
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004797- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004798 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004799 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4800 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4801 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4802 by coreboot or similar.
4803
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004804- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4805 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4806
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004807- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4808 Chip has SRIO or not
4809
4810- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4811 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4812
4813- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4814 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4815
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004816- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4817 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4818
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004819- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4820 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4821
4822- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4823 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4824
4825- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4826 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4827
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004828- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4829 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4830 a 16 bit bus.
4831 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004832 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004833 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004834 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004835
4836- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4837 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4838 a default value will be used.
4839
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004840- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004841 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4842 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4843
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004844 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4845 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4846
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004847- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004848 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4849 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4850 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004851
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004852- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4853 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4854 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4855 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4856 header files or board specific files.
4857
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004858- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4859 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4860
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004861- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4862 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4863
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004864- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4865 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004867- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004868 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4869 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004870
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004871- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4872 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4873
4874- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4875 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004876 to the given FEC; i. e.
4877 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004878 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4879
4880 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4881
4882- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4883 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4884 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4885
4886- CONFIG_RMII
4887 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4888 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4889 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4890
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004891- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4892 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4893 The syntax is:
4894
4895 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4896
4897 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4898 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4899 area should have.
4900
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004901- CONFIG_LOOPW
4902 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004903 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004904
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004905- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4906 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4907 "md/mw" commands.
4908 Examples:
4909
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004910 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004911 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4912
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004913 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004914 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4915
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004916 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004917 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004918
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004919- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004920 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004921 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4922 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4923 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004924
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004925 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4926 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4927 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4928 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004929
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004930- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004931 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4932 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4933 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004934
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004935- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4936 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4937 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4938 It is loaded by the SPL.
4939
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004940- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4941 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4942 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4943 previous 4k of the .text section.
4944
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004945- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4946 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4947 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4948 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4949 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4950 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4951 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4952 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4953
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004954- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4955 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4956 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4957 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4958 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4959
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004960- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4961 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4962 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004963
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004964- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4965 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4966
4967 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004968
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004969- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4970 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4971
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004972- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4973 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4974 driver that uses this:
4975 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4976
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004977Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4978-----------------------------------
4979
4980The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4981loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4982This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4983are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4984within that device.
4985
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004986- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4987 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4988 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4989 is also specified.
4990
4991- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4992 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004993 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4994 is also specified.
4995
4996- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4997 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4998 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4999 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5000 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5001
5002- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5003 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5004 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5005 virtual address in NOR flash.
5006
5007- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5008 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5009 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5010
5011- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5012 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5013 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5014
5015- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5016 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5017 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5018
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005019- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5020 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5021 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005022 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5023 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5024 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005025
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005026Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5027---------------------------------------------------------
5028The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5029"firmware".
5030This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5031are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5032within that device.
5033
5034- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5035 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5036
5037- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5038 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5039 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5040 is also specified.
5041
5042- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5043 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5044 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5045 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5046 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5047
5048- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5049 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5050 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5051 virtual address in NOR flash.
5052
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05305053Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5054-------------------------------------------
5055The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5056"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5057This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5058
5059- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5060 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5061
5062- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5063 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5064
5065- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5066 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5067
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02005068Reproducible builds
5069-------------------
5070
5071In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5072process have to be set to a fixed value.
5073
5074This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5075SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5076option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5077
5078SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5079
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080Building the Software:
5081======================
5082
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005083Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5084and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5085all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5086(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5087recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5088which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005090If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5091have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5092you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5093Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5094necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005096 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5097 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005098
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005099Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5100 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5101 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5102 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5103
5104 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5105
5106 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5107 be executed on computers running Windows.
5108
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005109U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5110sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111is done by typing:
5112
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005113 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005115where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005116rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005117
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5119 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5120 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5121 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005122 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005123
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005124 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005126
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005127 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005128 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5134images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5137- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5138- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005140By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5141in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5142this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5143
51441. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5145
5146 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005147 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005148 make O=/tmp/build all
5149
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051502. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005151
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005152 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005153 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005154 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005155 make all
5156
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005157Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005158variable.
5159
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5162for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5163native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5167to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5168steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051701. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005171 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5172 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051732. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5174 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5175 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51763. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5177 your board
51783. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5179 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051804. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051815. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5182 to be installed on your target system.
51836. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5184 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5188==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005190If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5191or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5193the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005194official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005196But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5197cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5199just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005200for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5201select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5202environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5203you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005205 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005206
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005207or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005210
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005211When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5212U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5213setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5214built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5215<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5216location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5217variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005218
5219 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5220 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5221 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5222
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005223With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5224log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5225during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005226
5227
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005228See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005230
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231Monitor Commands - Overview:
5232============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234go - start application at address 'addr'
5235run - run commands in an environment variable
5236bootm - boot application image from memory
5237bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005238bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5240 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5241 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005242tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5244diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5245loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5246loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5247md - memory display
5248mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5249nm - memory modify (constant address)
5250mw - memory write (fill)
5251cp - memory copy
5252cmp - memory compare
5253crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005254i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005255sspi - SPI utility commands
5256base - print or set address offset
5257printenv- print environment variables
5258setenv - set environment variables
5259saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5260protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5261erase - erase FLASH memory
5262flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005263nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5265iminfo - print header information for application image
5266coninfo - print console devices and informations
5267ide - IDE sub-system
5268loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005269loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270mtest - simple RAM test
5271icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5272dcache - enable or disable data cache
5273reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5274echo - echo args to console
5275version - print monitor version
5276help - print online help
5277? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5281========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005283TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
5287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288Environment Variables:
5289======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5292can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005294Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5295"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5296without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5297environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5298working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5299environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005301Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5302
5303List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005315 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5316 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5317 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5318 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5319 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5320 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005321 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5322 bootm_mapsize.
5323
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005324 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005325 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5326 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5327 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5328 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5329 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5330 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005331
5332 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5333 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5334 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5335 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5336 environment variable.
5337
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005338 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5339 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5340 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005342 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5343 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5344 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5345 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5348 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5349 be automatically started (by internally calling
5350 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5353 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5354 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5355 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5356 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005357
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005358 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5359 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005360 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5361 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5362 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5363 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5364 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5365 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5366 access it during the boot procedure.
5367
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005368 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5369 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5370 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5371 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5372 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5373 must be accessible by the kernel.
5374
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005375 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5376 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5377 defined.
5378
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005379 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5380 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5381 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5382 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5383 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005385 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5386 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5387 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5388 is usually what you want since it allows for
5389 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5390 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005391 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005392 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5393 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5394 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5395 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5398 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5399 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5400 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5401 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5402 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5407 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5408 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5409 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5410 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5411 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5412 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5417 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005418
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005419 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005429 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005430
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005431 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5432 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005433
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005434 => setenv ethact FEC
5435 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5436 => setenv ethact SCC
5437 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005438
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005439 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5440 available network interfaces.
5441 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5442
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005443 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005444 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5445 When set to "once" the network operation will
5446 fail when all the available network interfaces
5447 are tried once without success.
5448 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5449 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005451 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005452
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005453 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005454 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5455 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5456 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5457 is silent.
5458
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005459 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005460 UDP source port.
5461
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005462 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5463 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5464
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005465 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5466 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5467
5468 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5469 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5470 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5471 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5472 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5473 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5474 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5475
5476 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005477 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005478 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005479
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005480The following image location variables contain the location of images
5481used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5482not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5483variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5484server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5485loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5486flash or offset in NAND flash.
5487
5488*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005489boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005490boards use these variables for other purposes.
5491
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005492Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5493----- --------- ----------- --------------
5494u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5495Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5496device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5497ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5500updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5501depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005503 bootfile - see above
5504 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5505 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5506 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5507 hostname - Target hostname
5508 ipaddr - see above
5509 netmask - Subnet Mask
5510 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5511 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005512
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5517 as type string and/or serial number
5518 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5521the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5522once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
5524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005525Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005527 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5528 with the "version" command. This variable is
5529 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005530
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5533only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005534
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005535
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005536Callback functions for environment variables:
5537---------------------------------------------
5538
5539For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005540when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005541be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5542deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5543effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5544
5545The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5546U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5547
5548These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5549static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5550in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5551associations. The list must be in the following format:
5552
5553 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5554 list = entry[,list]
5555
5556If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5557Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5558
5559Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5560with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5561override any association in the static list. You can define
5562CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005563".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005564
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005565If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5566regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5567the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5568
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570Command Line Parsing:
5571=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005572
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005573There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5574the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005575
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576Old, simple command line parser:
5577--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005579- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5580- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005581- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005582- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5583 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005584 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5586 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005588Hush shell:
5589-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005591- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5592 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5593 until...do...done, ...
5594- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5595 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5596 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5597 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599General rules:
5600--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5603 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5604 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5605 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005608 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005609 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5610 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5613=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005614
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005615Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005616such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5617"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5620MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5621"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005622
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005623If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5624in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5625ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5626variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005628o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5629 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5632 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5633 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005635o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5636 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5639 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5640 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005642o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005643 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5644 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005645
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005646If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005647will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005648may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5649The naming convention is as follows:
5650"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652Image Formats:
5653==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005654
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005655U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5656images in two formats:
5657
5658New uImage format (FIT)
5659-----------------------
5660
5661Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5662to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5663components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5664SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5665
5666
5667Old uImage format
5668-----------------
5669
5670Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5671preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5672details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5675 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005676 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5677 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5678 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005679* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005680 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5681 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5683* Load Address
5684* Entry Point
5685* Image Name
5686* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5689and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5690CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693Linux Support:
5694==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5697easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5698U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005700U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5701special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5702"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5703instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5704serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5707 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5708 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5711 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005713- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5714 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5715 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5716 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5717 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5718 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005721Linux HOWTO:
5722============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5725---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5728configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5729(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5730Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005732But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005734Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5735include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005736Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5737and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005738as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005739
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005740Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5741If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5742is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5743doc/driver-model.
5744
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746Configuring the Linux kernel:
5747-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5750device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005753Building a Linux Image:
5754-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005756With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5757not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5758"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5759U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5760which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5761100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005763Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005764
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005765 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005766 make oldconfig
5767 make dep
5768 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5771encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5772CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005776* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005778 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5779 -R .note -R .comment \
5780 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005787
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005788 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5789 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5790 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005791
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5794with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5795combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5796byte header containing information about target architecture,
5797operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5798stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5801print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5804contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5805checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005807 tools/mkimage -l image
5808 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005809
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005810The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5811from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5814 -n name -d data_file image
5815 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5816 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5817 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5818 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5819 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5820 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5821 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5822 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005823
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005824Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5825address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5826kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005828- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5829- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005831So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005833 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5834 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005835 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005836 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5837 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5838 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5839 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5840 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5841 Load Address: 0x00000000
5842 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005843
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005844To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005846 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5847 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5848 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5849 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5850 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5851 Load Address: 0x00000000
5852 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5855speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5856needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5857need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005858
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005859 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5861 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005862 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005863 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5864 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5865 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5866 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5867 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5868 Load Address: 0x00000000
5869 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005872Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5873when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005875 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5876 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5877 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5878 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5879 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5880 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5881 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5882 Load Address: 0x00000000
5883 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005884
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005885The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5886option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5887option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5888from the image:
5889
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005890 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5891 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5892 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5893 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005894
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005896Installing a Linux Image:
5897-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005898
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005899To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5900you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005902 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005904The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5905image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5906address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5907specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5908command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5911TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915 .......... done
5916 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005918 => loads 40100000
5919 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5920 ~>examples/image.srec
5921 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5922 ...
5923 15989 15990 15991 15992
5924 [file transfer complete]
5925 [connected]
5926 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005927
5928
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005929You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005930this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005935 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5936 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5937 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5938 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5939 Load Address: 00000000
5940 Entry Point: 0000000c
5941 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
5943
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005944Boot Linux:
5945-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005946
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005947The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5948memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5949of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5950parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5951"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005952
5953
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005954 => printenv bootargs
5955 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005956
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005957 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005959 => printenv bootargs
5960 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 => bootm 40020000
5963 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5964 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5965 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5966 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5967 Load Address: 00000000
5968 Entry Point: 0000000c
5969 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5970 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5971 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5972 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5973 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5974 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5975 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5976 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005978If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005979the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5980format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005984 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5985 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5986 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5987 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5988 Load Address: 00000000
5989 Entry Point: 0000000c
5990 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005992 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5993 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5994 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5995 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5996 Load Address: 00000000
5997 Entry Point: 00000000
5998 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6001 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6002 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6003 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6004 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6005 Load Address: 00000000
6006 Entry Point: 0000000c
6007 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6008 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6009 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6010 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6011 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6012 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6013 Load Address: 00000000
6014 Entry Point: 00000000
6015 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6016 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6017 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6018 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6019 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6020 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6021 ...
6022 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6023 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006026
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006027Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6028-----------
6029
6030First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6031titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6032following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6033flat device tree:
6034
6035=> print oftaddr
6036oftaddr=0x300000
6037=> print oft
6038oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6039=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6040Speed: 1000, full duplex
6041Using TSEC0 device
6042TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6043Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6044Load address: 0x300000
6045Loading: #
6046done
6047Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6048=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6049Speed: 1000, full duplex
6050Using TSEC0 device
6051TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6052Filename 'uImage'.
6053Load address: 0x200000
6054Loading:############
6055done
6056Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6057=> print loadaddr
6058loadaddr=200000
6059=> print oftaddr
6060oftaddr=0x300000
6061=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6062## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006063 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6064 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6065 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006066 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006067 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006068 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6069 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6070Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6071Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6072Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6073[snip]
6074
6075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006076More About U-Boot Image Types:
6077------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006079U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006081 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6082 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6083 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6084 the Standalone Program.
6085 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6086 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6087 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6088 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6089 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6090 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6091 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6092 being started.
6093 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6094 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6095 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6096 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6097 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6098 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006100 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6101 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6102 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6103 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6104 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6105 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006107 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6108 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6109 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006111 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6112 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6113 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6114 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006115
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006116Booting the Linux zImage:
6117-------------------------
6118
6119On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6120using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6121as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6122
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006123Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006124kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6125address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6126format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6127
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006129Standalone HOWTO:
6130=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6133run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6134U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006136Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006138"Hello World" Demo:
6139-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006141'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6142application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6143It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6144like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006146 => loads
6147 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6148 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6149 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6150 [file transfer complete]
6151 [connected]
6152 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006154 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6155 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6156 Hello World
6157 argc = 7
6158 argv[0] = "40004"
6159 argv[1] = "Hello"
6160 argv[2] = "World!"
6161 argv[3] = "This"
6162 argv[4] = "is"
6163 argv[5] = "a"
6164 argv[6] = "test."
6165 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6166 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006167
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006168 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006170Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6171handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6172Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6173The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6174character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6175controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006177 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6178 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6179 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6180 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006182 => loads
6183 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6184 ~>examples/timer.srec
6185 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6186 [file transfer complete]
6187 [connected]
6188 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006190 => go 40004
6191 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6192 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6193 Using timer 1
6194 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006195
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006196Hit 'b':
6197 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6198 Enabling timer
6199Hit '?':
6200 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6201 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6202Hit '?':
6203 [q, b, e, ?] .
6204 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6205Hit '?':
6206 [q, b, e, ?] .
6207 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6208Hit '?':
6209 [q, b, e, ?] .
6210 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6211Hit 'e':
6212 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6213Hit 'q':
6214 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006215
6216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006217Minicom warning:
6218================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006220Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6221"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6222consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6223Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6224especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006225use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6226http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6227for help with kermit.
6228
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006230Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6231configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006232
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006233 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6234 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6235 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006236
6237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006238NetBSD Notes:
6239=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006241Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6242(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006244Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6245NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6246need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6247Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6248attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6249missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006251 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6252 # mkdir powerpc
6253 # ln -s powerpc machine
6254 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6255 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006257Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6258and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006260Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6261stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6262proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6263tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006264meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006265
6266
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006267Implementation Internals:
6268=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006269
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006270The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6271implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6272inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6273hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006274
6275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006276Initial Stack, Global Data:
6277---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006279The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6280starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6281system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6282This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6283is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6284at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6285options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6286models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6287MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6288locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006289
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006290 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006291 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006293 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6294 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6295 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6296 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006298 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6299 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6300 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6301 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6302 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006303 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006304 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6305 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006306
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006307 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6308 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006309 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006310 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6311 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6312 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6313 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006315 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006316 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6317 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006318 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006319 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6320 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6321 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6322 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6323 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006325 -Chris Hallinan
6326 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006327
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006328It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6329code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006331* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6332 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006333
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006334* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006335 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6336 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006338* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6339 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006341Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006342normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006343turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6344simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6345functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6346functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6347the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6348place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6349reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006351When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6352relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6353GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006355For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6356 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006357 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006358 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6359 R5-R10: parameter passing
6360 R13: small data area pointer
6361 R30: GOT pointer
6362 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006363
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006364 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6365 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6366 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006367
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006368 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006370 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6371 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6372 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6373 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6374 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6375 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006376
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006377On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006378 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6379
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006380 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006382On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006384 R0: function argument word/integer result
6385 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006386 R9: platform specific
6387 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006388 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6389 R12: temporary workspace
6390 R13: stack pointer
6391 R14: link register
6392 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006393
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006394 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6395
6396 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006397
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006398On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6399 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6400
6401 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6402
6403 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6404 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6405
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006406On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6407
6408 R0-R1: argument/return
6409 R2-R5: argument
6410 R15: temporary register for assembler
6411 R16: trampoline register
6412 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6413 R29: global pointer (GP)
6414 R30: link register (LP)
6415 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6416 PC: program counter (PC)
6417
6418 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6419
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006420NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6421or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006422
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006423Memory Management:
6424------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006426U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6427MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006429The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6430controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6431memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6432physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006434U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6435TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6436booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6437to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006438memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006439configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6440Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006442Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6443of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006445So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6446this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006448 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6449 :
6450 0x0000 1FFF
6451 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6452 :
6453 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006455 :
6456 :
6457 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6458 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6459 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6460 :
6461 0x00FD FFFF
6462 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6463 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6464 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6465 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006466
6467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006468System Initialization:
6469----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006471In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006472(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006473configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006474To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6475To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6476initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6477which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6478part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6479the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006481Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6482preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6483(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6484on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6485programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6486simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6487banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006489When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6490different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6491bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
64920x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6493contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006495Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6496and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6497Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6498pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006499
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006500Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6501until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6502running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6503new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006504
6505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006506U-Boot Porting Guide:
6507----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006509[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6510list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006511
6512
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006513int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006514{
6515 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006516
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006517 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6518 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006520 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006521 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006522 return 0;
6523 }
6524
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006525 Download latest U-Boot source;
6526
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006527 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006528
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006529 if (clueless)
6530 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006532 while (learning) {
6533 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006534 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6535 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006536 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006537 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006538 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006539
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006540 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6541 Buy a BDI3000;
6542 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006543 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006544
6545 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6546 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6547 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6548 } else {
6549 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6550 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006551 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006552 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6553 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006554
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006555 while (!accepted) {
6556 while (!running) {
6557 do {
6558 Add / modify source code;
6559 } until (compiles);
6560 Debug;
6561 if (clueless)
6562 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6563 }
6564 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6565 if (reasonable critiques)
6566 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6567 else
6568 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006569 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006571 return 0;
6572}
6573
6574void no_more_time (int sig)
6575{
6576 hire_a_guru();
6577}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006578
6579
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006580Coding Standards:
6581-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006583All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006584coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006585"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006586
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006587Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6588MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006589reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006590sources.
6591
6592Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6593Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6594in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006595
6596Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6597- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006598- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006599- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006600- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006601- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6602
6603Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6604with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006605
6606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006607Submitting Patches:
6608-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006610Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6611establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6612may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006613
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006614Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006615
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006616Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6617see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6618
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006619When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6620it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006622* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6623 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6624 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006626* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6627 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006629* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6630
6631* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6632
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006633* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6634 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006635
6636* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6637 document these in the README file.
6638
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006639* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6640 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006641 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006642 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6643 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006644
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006645 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6646 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6647 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006648
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006649 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6650 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6651 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6652 affected files).
6653
6654 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6655 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006656
6657* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6658 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6659
6660* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6661 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6662
6663
6664Notes:
6665
6666* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6667 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6668 for any of the boards.
6669
6670* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6671 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6672 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6673
6674* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6675 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6676 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6677 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6678 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6679 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006680
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006681* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6682 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6683 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6684 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.